Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/intervals.c @ 31692:ca8dfb4718e6
*** empty log message ***
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 18 Sep 2000 12:25:57 +0000 |
parents | fcb030c7708e |
children | c3435dc00ed7 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1157 | 1 /* Code for doing intervals. |
20706 | 2 Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
1157 | 3 |
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | |
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
1157 | 9 any later version. |
10 | |
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | |
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
1157 | 20 |
21 | |
22 /* NOTES: | |
23 | |
24 Have to ensure that we can't put symbol nil on a plist, or some | |
25 functions may work incorrectly. | |
26 | |
27 An idea: Have the owner of the tree keep count of splits and/or | |
28 insertion lengths (in intervals), and balance after every N. | |
29 | |
30 Need to call *_left_hook when buffer is killed. | |
31 | |
32 Scan for zero-length, or 0-length to see notes about handling | |
33 zero length interval-markers. | |
34 | |
35 There are comments around about freeing intervals. It might be | |
36 faster to explicitly free them (put them on the free list) than | |
37 to GC them. | |
38 | |
39 */ | |
40 | |
41 | |
4696
1fc792473491
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
4638
diff
changeset
|
42 #include <config.h> |
1157 | 43 #include "lisp.h" |
44 #include "intervals.h" | |
45 #include "buffer.h" | |
4962 | 46 #include "puresize.h" |
8897 | 47 #include "keyboard.h" |
1157 | 48 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
49 /* Test for membership, allowing for t (actually any non-cons) to mean the |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
50 universal set. */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
51 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
52 #define TMEM(sym, set) (CONSP (set) ? ! NILP (Fmemq (sym, set)) : ! NILP (set)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
53 |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
54 #define min(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
55 |
5173
d48ba25b35bf
(merge_properties_sticky): Declared.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5169
diff
changeset
|
56 Lisp_Object merge_properties_sticky (); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
57 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree P_ ((INTERVAL, INTERVAL)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
58 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree_obj P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1157 | 59 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
60 /* Utility functions for intervals. */ |
1157 | 61 |
62 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
63 /* Create the root interval of some object, a buffer or string. */ |
1157 | 64 |
65 INTERVAL | |
66 create_root_interval (parent) | |
67 Lisp_Object parent; | |
68 { | |
4962 | 69 INTERVAL new; |
70 | |
71 CHECK_IMPURE (parent); | |
72 | |
73 new = make_interval (); | |
1157 | 74 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
75 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
1157 | 76 { |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
77 new->total_length = (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (parent)) |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
78 - BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent))); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
79 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = new; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
80 new->position = 1; |
1157 | 81 } |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
82 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
1157 | 83 { |
84 new->total_length = XSTRING (parent)->size; | |
85 XSTRING (parent)->intervals = new; | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
86 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 87 } |
88 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
89 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (new, parent); |
1157 | 90 |
91 return new; | |
92 } | |
93 | |
94 /* Make the interval TARGET have exactly the properties of SOURCE */ | |
95 | |
96 void | |
97 copy_properties (source, target) | |
98 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
99 { | |
100 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
101 return; | |
102 | |
103 COPY_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
104 target->plist = Fcopy_sequence (source->plist); | |
105 } | |
106 | |
107 /* Merge the properties of interval SOURCE into the properties | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
108 of interval TARGET. That is to say, each property in SOURCE |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
109 is added to TARGET if TARGET has no such property as yet. */ |
1157 | 110 |
111 static void | |
112 merge_properties (source, target) | |
113 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
114 { | |
115 register Lisp_Object o, sym, val; | |
116 | |
117 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
118 return; | |
119 | |
120 MERGE_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
121 | |
122 o = source->plist; | |
123 while (! EQ (o, Qnil)) | |
124 { | |
125 sym = Fcar (o); | |
126 val = Fmemq (sym, target->plist); | |
127 | |
128 if (NILP (val)) | |
129 { | |
130 o = Fcdr (o); | |
131 val = Fcar (o); | |
132 target->plist = Fcons (sym, Fcons (val, target->plist)); | |
133 o = Fcdr (o); | |
134 } | |
135 else | |
136 o = Fcdr (Fcdr (o)); | |
137 } | |
138 } | |
139 | |
140 /* Return 1 if the two intervals have the same properties, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
141 0 otherwise. */ |
1157 | 142 |
143 int | |
144 intervals_equal (i0, i1) | |
145 INTERVAL i0, i1; | |
146 { | |
147 register Lisp_Object i0_cdr, i0_sym, i1_val; | |
21514 | 148 register int i1_len; |
1157 | 149 |
150 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) | |
151 return 1; | |
152 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
153 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) || DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
154 return 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
155 |
1157 | 156 i1_len = XFASTINT (Flength (i1->plist)); |
157 if (i1_len & 0x1) /* Paranoia -- plists are always even */ | |
158 abort (); | |
159 i1_len /= 2; | |
160 i0_cdr = i0->plist; | |
161 while (!NILP (i0_cdr)) | |
162 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
163 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 164 if (i1_len == 0) |
165 return 0; | |
166 | |
167 i0_sym = Fcar (i0_cdr); | |
168 i1_val = Fmemq (i0_sym, i1->plist); | |
169 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
170 /* i0 has something i1 doesn't. */ |
1157 | 171 if (EQ (i1_val, Qnil)) |
172 return 0; | |
173 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
174 /* i0 and i1 both have sym, but it has different values in each. */ |
1157 | 175 i0_cdr = Fcdr (i0_cdr); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
176 if (! EQ (Fcar (Fcdr (i1_val)), Fcar (i0_cdr))) |
1157 | 177 return 0; |
178 | |
179 i0_cdr = Fcdr (i0_cdr); | |
180 i1_len--; | |
181 } | |
182 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
183 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 184 if (i1_len > 0) |
185 return 0; | |
186 | |
187 return 1; | |
188 } | |
189 | |
190 | |
191 /* Traverse an interval tree TREE, performing FUNCTION on each node. | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
192 Pass FUNCTION two args: an interval, and ARG. */ |
1157 | 193 |
194 void | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
195 traverse_intervals (tree, position, depth, function, arg) |
1157 | 196 INTERVAL tree; |
1412
6097878fbd46
* intervals.c (traverse_intervals): New parameter `depth'.
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1316
diff
changeset
|
197 int position, depth; |
20317
f62a4f83537e
(traverse_intervals): Protoize parameter.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
18743
diff
changeset
|
198 void (* function) P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
199 Lisp_Object arg; |
1157 | 200 { |
201 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
202 return; | |
203 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
204 traverse_intervals (tree->left, position, depth + 1, function, arg); |
1157 | 205 position += LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
206 tree->position = position; | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
207 (*function) (tree, arg); |
1157 | 208 position += LENGTH (tree); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
209 traverse_intervals (tree->right, position, depth + 1, function, arg); |
1157 | 210 } |
211 | |
212 #if 0 | |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
213 |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
214 static int icount; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
215 static int idepth; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
216 static int zero_length; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
217 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
218 /* These functions are temporary, for debugging purposes only. */ |
1157 | 219 |
220 INTERVAL search_interval, found_interval; | |
221 | |
222 void | |
223 check_for_interval (i) | |
224 register INTERVAL i; | |
225 { | |
226 if (i == search_interval) | |
227 { | |
228 found_interval = i; | |
229 icount++; | |
230 } | |
231 } | |
232 | |
233 INTERVAL | |
234 search_for_interval (i, tree) | |
235 register INTERVAL i, tree; | |
236 { | |
237 icount = 0; | |
238 search_interval = i; | |
239 found_interval = NULL_INTERVAL; | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
240 traverse_intervals (tree, 1, 0, &check_for_interval, Qnil); |
1157 | 241 return found_interval; |
242 } | |
243 | |
244 static void | |
245 inc_interval_count (i) | |
246 INTERVAL i; | |
247 { | |
248 icount++; | |
249 if (LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
250 zero_length++; | |
251 if (depth > idepth) | |
252 idepth = depth; | |
253 } | |
254 | |
255 int | |
256 count_intervals (i) | |
257 register INTERVAL i; | |
258 { | |
259 icount = 0; | |
260 idepth = 0; | |
261 zero_length = 0; | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
262 traverse_intervals (i, 1, 0, &inc_interval_count, Qnil); |
1157 | 263 |
264 return icount; | |
265 } | |
266 | |
267 static INTERVAL | |
268 root_interval (interval) | |
269 INTERVAL interval; | |
270 { | |
271 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
272 | |
273 while (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
274 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 275 |
276 return i; | |
277 } | |
278 #endif | |
279 | |
280 /* Assuming that a left child exists, perform the following operation: | |
281 | |
282 A B | |
283 / \ / \ | |
284 B => A | |
285 / \ / \ | |
286 c c | |
287 */ | |
288 | |
289 static INTERVAL | |
290 rotate_right (interval) | |
291 INTERVAL interval; | |
292 { | |
293 INTERVAL i; | |
294 INTERVAL B = interval->left; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
295 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 296 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
297 /* Deal with any Parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 298 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
299 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
300 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
301 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
302 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
303 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
304 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
305 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 306 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
307 /* Make B the parent of A */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
308 i = B->right; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
309 B->right = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
310 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 311 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
312 /* Make A point to c */ |
1157 | 313 interval->left = i; |
314 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
315 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
316 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
317 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its left child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
318 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
319 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
320 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
321 B->total_length = old_total; |
1157 | 322 |
323 return B; | |
324 } | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
325 |
1157 | 326 /* Assuming that a right child exists, perform the following operation: |
327 | |
328 A B | |
329 / \ / \ | |
330 B => A | |
331 / \ / \ | |
332 c c | |
333 */ | |
334 | |
335 static INTERVAL | |
336 rotate_left (interval) | |
337 INTERVAL interval; | |
338 { | |
339 INTERVAL i; | |
340 INTERVAL B = interval->right; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
341 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 342 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
343 /* Deal with any parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 344 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
345 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
346 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
347 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
348 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
349 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
350 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
351 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 352 |
353 /* Make B the parent of A */ | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
354 i = B->left; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
355 B->left = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
356 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 357 |
358 /* Make A point to c */ | |
359 interval->right = i; | |
360 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
361 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
362 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
363 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its right child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
364 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
365 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
366 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
367 B->total_length = old_total; |
1157 | 368 |
369 return B; | |
370 } | |
371 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
372 /* Balance an interval tree with the assumption that the subtrees |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
373 themselves are already balanced. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
374 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
375 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
376 balance_an_interval (i) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
377 INTERVAL i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
378 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
379 register int old_diff, new_diff; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
380 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
381 while (1) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
382 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
383 old_diff = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
384 if (old_diff > 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
385 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
386 new_diff = i->total_length - i->left->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
387 + RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
388 if (abs (new_diff) >= old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
389 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
390 i = rotate_right (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
391 balance_an_interval (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
393 else if (old_diff < 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
394 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
395 new_diff = i->total_length - i->right->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
396 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
397 if (abs (new_diff) >= -old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
398 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
399 i = rotate_left (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
400 balance_an_interval (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
401 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
402 else |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
403 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
404 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
405 return i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
406 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
407 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
408 /* Balance INTERVAL, potentially stuffing it back into its parent |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
409 Lisp Object. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
410 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
411 static INLINE INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
412 balance_possible_root_interval (interval) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
413 register INTERVAL interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
414 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
415 Lisp_Object parent; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
416 int have_parent = 0; |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
417 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
418 if (!INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval) && !INTERVAL_HAS_PARENT (interval)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
419 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
420 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
421 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
422 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
423 have_parent = 1; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
424 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, interval); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
425 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
426 interval = balance_an_interval (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
427 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
428 if (have_parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
429 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
430 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
431 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = interval; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
432 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
433 XSTRING (parent)->intervals = interval; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
434 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
435 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
436 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
437 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
438 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
439 /* Balance the interval tree TREE. Balancing is by weight |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
440 (the amount of text). */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
441 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
442 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
443 balance_intervals_internal (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
444 register INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
445 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
446 /* Balance within each side. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
447 if (tree->left) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
448 balance_intervals_internal (tree->left); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
449 if (tree->right) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
450 balance_intervals_internal (tree->right); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
451 return balance_an_interval (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
452 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
453 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
454 /* Advertised interface to balance intervals. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
455 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
456 INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
457 balance_intervals (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
458 INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
459 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
460 if (tree == NULL_INTERVAL) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
461 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
462 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
463 return balance_intervals_internal (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
464 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
465 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
466 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
467 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
468 INTERVAL becomes the left-hand piece, and the right-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
469 (second, lexicographically) is returned. |
1164 | 470 |
471 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon | |
472 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
473 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
474 result. | |
1157 | 475 |
476 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
477 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 478 |
479 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 480 split_interval_right (interval, offset) |
1157 | 481 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 482 int offset; |
1157 | 483 { |
484 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
485 int position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
486 int new_length = LENGTH (interval) - offset; |
1157 | 487 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
488 new->position = position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
489 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 490 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
491 if (NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (interval)) |
1157 | 492 { |
493 interval->right = new; | |
494 new->total_length = new_length; | |
495 } | |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
496 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
497 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
498 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its right child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
499 new->right = interval->right; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
500 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval->right, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
501 interval->right = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
502 new->total_length = new_length + new->right->total_length; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
503 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
505 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
506 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 507 |
508 return new; | |
509 } | |
510 | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
511 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
512 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
513 INTERVAL becomes the right-hand piece, and the left-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
514 (first, lexicographically) is returned. |
1157 | 515 |
1164 | 516 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon |
517 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
518 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
519 result. | |
520 | |
521 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
522 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 523 |
524 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 525 split_interval_left (interval, offset) |
1157 | 526 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 527 int offset; |
1157 | 528 { |
529 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
530 int new_length = offset; |
1157 | 531 |
532 new->position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
533 interval->position = interval->position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
534 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 535 |
536 if (NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
537 { | |
538 interval->left = new; | |
539 new->total_length = new_length; | |
540 } | |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
541 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
542 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
543 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its left child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
544 new->left = interval->left; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
545 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new->left, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
546 interval->left = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
547 new->total_length = new_length + new->left->total_length; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
548 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
549 } |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
550 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
551 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 552 |
553 return new; | |
554 } | |
555 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
556 /* Return the proper position for the first character |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
557 described by the interval tree SOURCE. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
558 This is 1 if the parent is a buffer, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
559 0 if the parent is a string or if there is no parent. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
560 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
561 Don't use this function on an interval which is the child |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
562 of another interval! */ |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
563 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
564 int |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
565 interval_start_pos (source) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
566 INTERVAL source; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
567 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
568 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
569 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
570 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
571 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
572 |
28406
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
573 if (! INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (source)) |
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
574 return 0; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
575 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, source); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
576 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
577 return BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
578 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
579 } |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
580 |
1164 | 581 /* Find the interval containing text position POSITION in the text |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
582 represented by the interval tree TREE. POSITION is a buffer |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
583 position (starting from 1) or a string index (starting from 0). |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
584 If POSITION is at the end of the buffer or string, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
585 return the interval containing the last character. |
1157 | 586 |
1164 | 587 The `position' field, which is a cache of an interval's position, |
588 is updated in the interval found. Other functions (e.g., next_interval) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
589 will update this cache based on the result of find_interval. */ |
1164 | 590 |
18125
5b0dfe8c78fb
(find_interval): No longer inline.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18078
diff
changeset
|
591 INTERVAL |
1157 | 592 find_interval (tree, position) |
593 register INTERVAL tree; | |
594 register int position; | |
595 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
596 /* The distance from the left edge of the subtree at TREE |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
597 to POSITION. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
598 register int relative_position; |
1157 | 599 |
600 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
601 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
602 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
603 relative_position = position; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
604 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (tree)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
605 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
606 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
607 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
608 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
609 relative_position -= BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
610 } |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
611 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
612 if (relative_position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 613 abort (); /* Paranoia */ |
614 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
615 tree = balance_possible_root_interval (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
616 |
1157 | 617 while (1) |
618 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
619 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 620 { |
621 tree = tree->left; | |
622 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
623 else if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
624 && relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
625 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 626 { |
627 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) | |
628 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
629 tree = tree->right; | |
630 } | |
631 else | |
632 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
633 tree->position |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
634 = (position - relative_position /* the left edge of *tree */ |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
635 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); /* the left edge of this interval */ |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
636 |
1157 | 637 return tree; |
638 } | |
639 } | |
640 } | |
641 | |
642 /* Find the succeeding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 643 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
644 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 645 |
646 INTERVAL | |
647 next_interval (interval) | |
648 register INTERVAL interval; | |
649 { | |
650 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
651 register int next_position; | |
652 | |
653 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
654 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
655 next_position = interval->position + LENGTH (interval); | |
656 | |
657 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
658 { | |
659 i = i->right; | |
660 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
661 i = i->left; | |
662 | |
663 i->position = next_position; | |
664 return i; | |
665 } | |
666 | |
667 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
668 { | |
669 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
670 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
671 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 672 i->position = next_position; |
673 return i; | |
674 } | |
675 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
676 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 677 } |
678 | |
679 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
680 } | |
681 | |
682 /* Find the preceding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 683 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
684 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 685 |
686 INTERVAL | |
687 previous_interval (interval) | |
688 register INTERVAL interval; | |
689 { | |
690 register INTERVAL i; | |
691 | |
692 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval)) | |
693 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
694 | |
695 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
696 { | |
697 i = interval->left; | |
698 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
699 i = i->right; | |
700 | |
701 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
702 return i; | |
703 } | |
704 | |
705 i = interval; | |
706 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
707 { | |
708 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
709 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
710 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 711 |
712 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
713 return i; | |
714 } | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
715 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 716 } |
717 | |
718 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
719 } | |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
720 |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
721 /* Find the interval containing POS given some non-NULL INTERVAL |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
722 in the same tree. Note that we need to update interval->position |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
723 if we go down the tree. */ |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
724 INTERVAL |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
725 update_interval (i, pos) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
726 register INTERVAL i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
727 int pos; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
728 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
729 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
730 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
731 |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
732 while (1) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
733 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
734 if (pos < i->position) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
735 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
736 /* Move left. */ |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
737 if (pos >= i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left)) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
738 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
739 i->left->position = i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
740 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
741 i = i->left; /* Move to the left child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
742 } |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
743 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
744 error ("Point before start of properties"); |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
745 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
746 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
747 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
748 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
749 else if (pos >= INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
750 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
751 /* Move right. */ |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
752 if (pos < INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right)) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
753 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
754 i->right->position = INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
755 LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
756 i = i->right; /* Move to the right child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
757 } |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
758 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
759 error ("Point after end of properties"); |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
760 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
761 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
762 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
763 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
764 else |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
765 return i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
766 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
767 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
768 |
1157 | 769 |
1164 | 770 #if 0 |
1157 | 771 /* Traverse a path down the interval tree TREE to the interval |
772 containing POSITION, adjusting all nodes on the path for | |
773 an addition of LENGTH characters. Insertion between two intervals | |
774 (i.e., point == i->position, where i is second interval) means | |
775 text goes into second interval. | |
776 | |
777 Modifications are needed to handle the hungry bits -- after simply | |
778 finding the interval at position (don't add length going down), | |
779 if it's the beginning of the interval, get the previous interval | |
14036 | 780 and check the hungry bits of both. Then add the length going back up |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
781 to the root. */ |
1157 | 782 |
783 static INTERVAL | |
784 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
785 INTERVAL tree; | |
786 int position, length; | |
787 { | |
788 register int relative_position; | |
789 register INTERVAL this; | |
790 | |
791 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ | |
792 abort (); | |
793 | |
794 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position | |
795 will be out of range */ | |
796 if (position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) | |
797 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); | |
798 relative_position = position; | |
799 this = tree; | |
800 | |
801 while (1) | |
802 { | |
803 if (relative_position <= LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)) | |
804 { | |
805 this->total_length += length; | |
806 this = this->left; | |
807 } | |
808 else if (relative_position > (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
809 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this))) | |
810 { | |
811 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
812 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)); | |
813 this->total_length += length; | |
814 this = this->right; | |
815 } | |
816 else | |
817 { | |
818 /* If we are to use zero-length intervals as buffer pointers, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
819 then this code will have to change. */ |
1157 | 820 this->total_length += length; |
821 this->position = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
822 + position - relative_position + 1; | |
823 return tree; | |
824 } | |
825 } | |
826 } | |
1164 | 827 #endif |
828 | |
829 /* Effect an adjustment corresponding to the addition of LENGTH characters | |
830 of text. Do this by finding the interval containing POSITION in the | |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
831 interval tree TREE, and then adjusting all of its ancestors by adding |
1164 | 832 LENGTH to them. |
833 | |
834 If POSITION is the first character of an interval, meaning that point | |
835 is actually between the two intervals, make the new text belong to | |
836 the interval which is "sticky". | |
837 | |
1189 | 838 If both intervals are "sticky", then make them belong to the left-most |
1164 | 839 interval. Another possibility would be to create a new interval for |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
840 this text, and make it have the merged properties of both ends. */ |
1164 | 841 |
842 static INTERVAL | |
843 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
844 INTERVAL tree; | |
845 int position, length; | |
846 { | |
847 register INTERVAL i; | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
848 register INTERVAL temp; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
849 int eobp = 0; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
850 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
851 int offset; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
852 |
1164 | 853 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ |
854 abort (); | |
855 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
856 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
857 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
858 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
859 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position will be out |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
860 of range. Remember that buffer positions are 1-based. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
861 if (position >= TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
862 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
863 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
864 eobp = 1; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
865 } |
1164 | 866 |
867 i = find_interval (tree, position); | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
868 |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
869 /* If in middle of an interval which is not sticky either way, |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
870 we must not just give its properties to the insertion. |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
871 So split this interval at the insertion point. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
872 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
873 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
874 (! (position == i->position || eobp) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
875 && END_NONSTICKY_P (i) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
876 && FRONT_NONSTICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
877 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
878 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always check properties |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
879 one by one if POSITION is in middle of an interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
880 if (! (position == i->position || eobp)) |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
881 { |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
882 Lisp_Object tail; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
883 Lisp_Object front, rear; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
884 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
885 tail = i->plist; |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
886 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
887 /* Properties font-sticky and rear-nonsticky override |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
888 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, if they are t, we can |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
889 skip one by one checking of properties. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
890 rear = textget (i->plist, Qrear_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
891 if (! CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (rear)) |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
892 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
893 /* All properties are nonsticky. We split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
894 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
895 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
896 front = textget (i->plist, Qfront_sticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
897 if (! CONSP (front) && ! NILP (front)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
898 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
899 /* All properties are sticky. We don't split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
900 tail = Qnil; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
901 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
902 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
903 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
904 /* Does any actual property pose an actual problem? We break |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
905 the loop if we find a nonsticky property. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
906 for (; CONSP (tail); tail = Fcdr (XCDR (tail))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
907 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
908 Lisp_Object prop, tmp; |
25662
0a7261c1d487
Use XCAR, XCDR, and XFLOAT_DATA instead of explicit member access.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
24910
diff
changeset
|
909 prop = XCAR (tail); |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
910 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
911 /* Is this particular property front-sticky? */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
912 if (CONSP (front) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, front))) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
913 continue; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
914 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
915 /* Is this particular property rear-nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
916 if (CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, rear))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
917 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
918 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
919 /* Is this particular property recorded as sticky or |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
920 nonsticky in Vtext_property_default_nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
921 tmp = Fassq (prop, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
922 if (CONSP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
923 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
924 if (NILP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
925 continue; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
926 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
927 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
928 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
929 /* By default, a text property is rear-sticky, thus we |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
930 continue the loop. */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
931 } |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
932 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
933 check_done: |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
934 /* If any property is a real problem, split the interval. */ |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
935 if (! NILP (tail)) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
936 { |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
937 temp = split_interval_right (i, position - i->position); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
938 copy_properties (i, temp); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
939 i = temp; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
940 } |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
941 } |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
942 |
1164 | 943 /* If we are positioned between intervals, check the stickiness of |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
944 both of them. We have to do this too, if we are at BEG or Z. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
945 if (position == i->position || eobp) |
1164 | 946 { |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
947 register INTERVAL prev; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
948 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
949 if (position == BEG) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
950 prev = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
951 else if (eobp) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
952 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
953 prev = i; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
954 i = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
955 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
956 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
957 prev = previous_interval (i); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
958 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
959 /* Even if we are positioned between intervals, we default |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
960 to the left one if it exists. We extend it now and split |
14036 | 961 off a part later, if stickiness demands it. */ |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
962 for (temp = prev ? prev : i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
963 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
964 temp->total_length += length; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
965 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
966 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
967 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
968 /* If at least one interval has sticky properties, |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
969 we check the stickiness property by property. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
970 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
971 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
972 (END_NONSTICKY_P (prev) || FRONT_STICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
973 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
974 of Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always have to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
975 check stickiness of properties one by one. If cache of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
976 stickiness is implemented in the future, we may be able to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
977 use those macros again. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
978 if (1) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
979 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
980 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
981 struct interval newi; |
1164 | 982 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
983 pleft = NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) ? Qnil : prev->plist; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
984 pright = NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) ? Qnil : i->plist; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
985 newi.plist = merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
986 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
987 if (! prev) /* i.e. position == BEG */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
988 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
989 if (! intervals_equal (i, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
990 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
991 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
992 i->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
993 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
994 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
995 else if (! intervals_equal (prev, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
996 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
997 prev = split_interval_right (prev, |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
998 position - prev->position); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
999 prev->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1000 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1001 && intervals_equal (prev, i)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1002 merge_interval_right (prev); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1003 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1005 /* We will need to update the cache here later. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1006 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1007 else if (! prev && ! NILP (i->plist)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1008 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1009 /* Just split off a new interval at the left. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1010 Since I wasn't front-sticky, the empty plist is ok. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1011 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1012 } |
1164 | 1013 } |
1014 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1015 /* Otherwise just extend the interval. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1016 else |
1164 | 1017 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1018 for (temp = i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1019 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1020 temp->total_length += length; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1021 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1022 } |
1164 | 1023 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
1164 | 1025 return tree; |
1026 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1027 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1028 /* Any property might be front-sticky on the left, rear-sticky on the left, |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1029 front-sticky on the right, or rear-sticky on the right; the 16 combinations |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1030 can be arranged in a matrix with rows denoting the left conditions and |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1031 columns denoting the right conditions: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1032 _ __ _ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1033 _ FR FR FR FR |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1034 FR__ 0 1 2 3 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1035 _FR 4 5 6 7 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1036 FR 8 9 A B |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1037 FR C D E F |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1038 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1039 left-props = '(front-sticky (p8 p9 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1040 rear-nonsticky (p4 p5 p6 p7 p8 p9 pa pb) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1041 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p4 L p5 L p6 L p7 L |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1042 p8 L p9 L pa L pb L pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1043 right-props = '(front-sticky (p2 p3 p6 p7 pa pb pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1044 rear-nonsticky (p1 p2 p5 p6 p9 pa pd pe) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1045 p0 R p1 R p2 R p3 R p4 R p5 R p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1046 p8 R p9 R pa R pb R pc R pd R pe R pf R) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1047 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1048 We inherit from whoever has a sticky side facing us. If both sides |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1049 do (cases 2, 3, E, and F), then we inherit from whichever side has a |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1050 non-nil value for the current property. If both sides do, then we take |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1051 from the left. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1052 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1053 When we inherit a property, we get its stickiness as well as its value. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1054 So, when we merge the above two lists, we expect to get this: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1055 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1056 result = '(front-sticky (p6 p7 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1057 rear-nonsticky (p6 pa) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1058 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1059 pa R pb R pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1060 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1061 The optimizable special cases are: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1062 left rear-nonsticky = nil, right front-sticky = nil (inherit left) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1063 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = t (inherit right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1064 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = nil (inherit none) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1065 */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1067 Lisp_Object |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1068 merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1069 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1070 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1071 register Lisp_Object props, front, rear; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1072 Lisp_Object lfront, lrear, rfront, rrear; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1073 register Lisp_Object tail1, tail2, sym, lval, rval, cat; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1074 int use_left, use_right; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1075 int lpresent; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1077 props = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1078 front = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1079 rear = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1080 lfront = textget (pleft, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1081 lrear = textget (pleft, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1082 rfront = textget (pright, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1083 rrear = textget (pright, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1084 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1085 /* Go through each element of PRIGHT. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1086 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1087 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1088 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1089 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1090 sym = Fcar (tail1); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1092 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1093 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1094 continue; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1095 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1096 rval = Fcar (Fcdr (tail1)); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1097 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail2))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1098 if (EQ (sym, Fcar (tail2))) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1099 break; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1101 /* Indicate whether the property is explicitly defined on the left. |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1102 (We know it is defined explicitly on the right |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1103 because otherwise we don't get here.) */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1104 lpresent = ! NILP (tail2); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1105 lval = (NILP (tail2) ? Qnil : Fcar (Fcdr (tail2))); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1106 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1107 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1108 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1109 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1110 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1111 use_left = (lpresent |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1112 && ! (TMEM (sym, lrear) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1113 || CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp)))); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1114 use_right = (TMEM (sym, rfront) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1115 || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1116 if (use_left && use_right) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1117 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1118 if (NILP (lval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1119 use_left = 0; |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1120 else if (NILP (rval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1121 use_right = 0; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1122 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1123 if (use_left) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1124 { |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1125 /* We build props as (value sym ...) rather than (sym value ...) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1126 because we plan to nreverse it when we're done. */ |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1127 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1128 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1129 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1130 if (TMEM (sym, lrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1131 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1132 } |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1133 else if (use_right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1134 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1135 props = Fcons (rval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1136 if (TMEM (sym, rfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1137 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1138 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1139 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1140 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1141 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1143 /* Now go through each element of PLEFT. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1144 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail2))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1145 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1146 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1148 sym = Fcar (tail2); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1150 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1151 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1152 continue; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1154 /* If sym is in PRIGHT, we've already considered it. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1155 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1156 if (EQ (sym, Fcar (tail1))) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1157 break; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1158 if (! NILP (tail1)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1159 continue; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1161 lval = Fcar (Fcdr (tail2)); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1162 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1163 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1164 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1165 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1166 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1167 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1168 /* Since rval is known to be nil in this loop, the test simplifies. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1169 if (! (TMEM (sym, lrear) || (CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp))))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1170 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1171 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1172 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1173 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1174 } |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1175 else if (TMEM (sym, rfront) || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1176 { |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1177 /* The value is nil, but we still inherit the stickiness |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1178 from the right. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1179 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1180 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1181 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1182 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1183 } |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1184 props = Fnreverse (props); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1185 if (! NILP (rear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1186 props = Fcons (Qrear_nonsticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (rear), props)); |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1187 |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1188 cat = textget (props, Qcategory); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1189 if (! NILP (front) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1190 && |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1191 /* If we have inherited a front-stick category property that is t, |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1192 we don't need to set up a detailed one. */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1193 ! (! NILP (cat) && SYMBOLP (cat) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1194 && EQ (Fget (cat, Qfront_sticky), Qt))) |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1195 props = Fcons (Qfront_sticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (front), props)); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1196 return props; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1197 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
1157 | 1199 |
1164 | 1200 /* Delete an node I from its interval tree by merging its subtrees |
1201 into one subtree which is then returned. Caller is responsible for | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1202 storing the resulting subtree into its parent. */ |
1157 | 1203 |
1204 static INTERVAL | |
1205 delete_node (i) | |
1206 register INTERVAL i; | |
1207 { | |
1208 register INTERVAL migrate, this; | |
1209 register int migrate_amt; | |
1210 | |
1211 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->left)) | |
1212 return i->right; | |
1213 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->right)) | |
1214 return i->left; | |
1215 | |
1216 migrate = i->left; | |
1217 migrate_amt = i->left->total_length; | |
1218 this = i->right; | |
1219 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1220 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (this->left)) | |
1221 { | |
1222 this = this->left; | |
1223 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1224 } | |
1225 this->left = migrate; | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1226 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (migrate, this); |
1157 | 1227 |
1228 return i->right; | |
1229 } | |
1230 | |
1231 /* Delete interval I from its tree by calling `delete_node' | |
1232 and properly connecting the resultant subtree. | |
1233 | |
1234 I is presumed to be empty; that is, no adjustments are made | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1235 for the length of I. */ |
1157 | 1236 |
1237 void | |
1238 delete_interval (i) | |
1239 register INTERVAL i; | |
1240 { | |
1241 register INTERVAL parent; | |
1242 int amt = LENGTH (i); | |
1243 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1244 if (amt > 0) /* Only used on zero-length intervals now. */ |
1157 | 1245 abort (); |
1246 | |
1247 if (ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
1248 { | |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1249 Lisp_Object owner; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1250 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (owner, i); |
1157 | 1251 parent = delete_node (i); |
1252 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1253 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, owner); |
1157 | 1254 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1255 if (BUFFERP (owner)) |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1256 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (owner)) = parent; |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1257 else if (STRINGP (owner)) |
1157 | 1258 XSTRING (owner)->intervals = parent; |
1259 else | |
1260 abort (); | |
1261 | |
1262 return; | |
1263 } | |
1264 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1265 parent = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 1266 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) |
1267 { | |
1268 parent->left = delete_node (i); | |
1269 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->left)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1270 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->left, parent); |
1157 | 1271 } |
1272 else | |
1273 { | |
1274 parent->right = delete_node (i); | |
1275 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->right)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1276 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->right, parent); |
1157 | 1277 } |
1278 } | |
1279 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1280 /* Find the interval in TREE corresponding to the relative position |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1281 FROM and delete as much as possible of AMOUNT from that interval. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1282 Return the amount actually deleted, and if the interval was |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1283 zeroed-out, delete that interval node from the tree. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1285 Note that FROM is actually origin zero, aka relative to the |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1286 leftmost edge of tree. This is appropriate since we call ourselves |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1287 recursively on subtrees. |
1157 | 1288 |
1189 | 1289 Do this by recursing down TREE to the interval in question, and |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1290 deleting the appropriate amount of text. */ |
1157 | 1291 |
1292 static int | |
1293 interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, from, amount) | |
1294 register INTERVAL tree; | |
1295 register int from, amount; | |
1296 { | |
1297 register int relative_position = from; | |
1298 | |
1299 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1300 return 0; | |
1301 | |
1302 /* Left branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1303 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 1304 { |
1305 int subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->left, | |
1306 relative_position, | |
1307 amount); | |
1308 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
1309 return subtract; | |
1310 } | |
1311 /* Right branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1312 else if (relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1313 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 1314 { |
1315 int subtract; | |
1316 | |
1317 relative_position -= (tree->total_length | |
1318 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
1319 subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->right, | |
1320 relative_position, | |
1321 amount); | |
1322 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
1323 return subtract; | |
1324 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* Here -- this node. */ |
1157 | 1326 else |
1327 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1328 /* How much can we delete from this interval? */ |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1329 int my_amount = ((tree->total_length |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1330 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1331 - relative_position); |
1157 | 1332 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1333 if (amount > my_amount) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1334 amount = my_amount; |
1157 | 1335 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1336 tree->total_length -= amount; |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1337 if (LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1338 delete_interval (tree); |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1339 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1340 return amount; |
1157 | 1341 } |
1342 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1343 /* Never reach here. */ |
1157 | 1344 } |
1345 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1346 /* Effect the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1347 correspond to the deletion of LENGTH characters from that buffer |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1348 text. The deletion is effected at position START (which is a |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1349 buffer position, i.e. origin 1). */ |
1189 | 1350 |
1157 | 1351 static void |
1352 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, length) | |
1353 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1354 int start, length; | |
1355 { | |
1356 register int left_to_delete = length; | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1357 register INTERVAL tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1358 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1359 int offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1360 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1361 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1362 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
1157 | 1363 |
1364 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1365 return; | |
1366 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1367 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1368 || start + length > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1369 abort (); |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1370 |
1157 | 1371 if (length == TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1372 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1373 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1374 return; |
1375 } | |
1376 | |
1377 if (ONLY_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1378 { | |
1379 tree->total_length -= length; | |
1380 return; | |
1381 } | |
1382 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1383 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1384 start = offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1385 while (left_to_delete > 0) |
1386 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1387 left_to_delete -= interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, start - offset, |
1157 | 1388 left_to_delete); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1389 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
1157 | 1390 if (left_to_delete == tree->total_length) |
1391 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1392 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1393 return; |
1394 } | |
1395 } | |
1396 } | |
1397 | |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1398 /* Make the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
1189 | 1399 represent an addition or deletion of LENGTH characters starting |
1400 at position START. Addition or deletion is indicated by the sign | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1401 of LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 1402 |
1403 INLINE void | |
1404 offset_intervals (buffer, start, length) | |
1405 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1406 int start, length; | |
1407 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1408 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) || length == 0) |
1157 | 1409 return; |
1410 | |
1411 if (length > 0) | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1412 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), start, length); |
1157 | 1413 else |
1414 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, -length); | |
1415 } | |
1211 | 1416 |
1417 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic successor. The resulting | |
1418 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original | |
1419 successor. The properties of I are lost. I is removed from the | |
1420 interval tree. | |
1157 | 1421 |
1211 | 1422 IMPORTANT: |
1423 The caller must verify that this is not the last (rightmost) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1424 interval. */ |
1211 | 1425 |
1426 INTERVAL | |
1427 merge_interval_right (i) | |
1428 register INTERVAL i; | |
1429 { | |
1430 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1431 register INTERVAL successor; | |
1432 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1433 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1434 i->total_length -= absorb; |
1435 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1436 /* Find the succeeding interval. */ |
1211 | 1437 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Add absorb |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1438 as we descend. */ |
1211 | 1439 { |
1440 successor = i->right; | |
1441 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1442 { | |
1443 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
1444 successor = successor->left; | |
1445 } | |
1446 | |
1447 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
1448 delete_interval (i); | |
1449 return successor; | |
1450 } | |
1451 | |
1452 successor = i; | |
1453 while (! NULL_PARENT (successor)) /* It's above us. Subtract as | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1454 we ascend. */ |
1211 | 1455 { |
1456 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1457 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1458 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1459 delete_interval (i); |
1460 return successor; | |
1461 } | |
1462 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1463 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1464 successor->total_length -= absorb; |
1465 } | |
1466 | |
1467 /* This must be the rightmost or last interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1468 be merged right. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1469 abort (); |
1470 } | |
1471 | |
1472 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic predecessor. The resulting | |
1473 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original predecessor. | |
1474 The properties of I are lost. Interval node I is removed from the tree. | |
1475 | |
1476 IMPORTANT: | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1477 The caller must verify that this is not the first (leftmost) interval. */ |
1211 | 1478 |
1479 INTERVAL | |
1480 merge_interval_left (i) | |
1481 register INTERVAL i; | |
1482 { | |
1483 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1484 register INTERVAL predecessor; | |
1485 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1486 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1487 i->total_length -= absorb; |
1488 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1489 /* Find the preceding interval. */ |
1211 | 1490 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Go down, |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1491 adding ABSORB as we go. */ |
1211 | 1492 { |
1493 predecessor = i->left; | |
1494 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1495 { | |
1496 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
1497 predecessor = predecessor->right; | |
1498 } | |
1499 | |
1500 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
1501 delete_interval (i); | |
1502 return predecessor; | |
1503 } | |
1504 | |
1505 predecessor = i; | |
1506 while (! NULL_PARENT (predecessor)) /* It's above us. Go up, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1507 subtracting ABSORB. */ |
1211 | 1508 { |
1509 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1510 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1511 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1512 delete_interval (i); |
1513 return predecessor; | |
1514 } | |
1515 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1516 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1517 predecessor->total_length -= absorb; |
1518 } | |
1519 | |
1520 /* This must be the leftmost or first interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1521 be merged left. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1522 abort (); |
1523 } | |
1524 | |
1189 | 1525 /* Make an exact copy of interval tree SOURCE which descends from |
1526 PARENT. This is done by recursing through SOURCE, copying | |
1527 the current interval and its properties, and then adjusting | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1528 the pointers of the copy. */ |
1189 | 1529 |
1157 | 1530 static INTERVAL |
1531 reproduce_tree (source, parent) | |
1532 INTERVAL source, parent; | |
1533 { | |
1534 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); | |
1535 | |
1536 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); | |
1537 copy_properties (source, t); | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1538 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (t, parent); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1539 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1540 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1541 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1542 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1544 return t; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1545 } |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1547 static INTERVAL |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1548 reproduce_tree_obj (source, parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1549 INTERVAL source; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1550 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1551 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1552 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1554 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1555 copy_properties (source, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1556 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (t, parent); |
1157 | 1557 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
1558 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); | |
1559 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) | |
1560 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); | |
1561 | |
1562 return t; | |
1563 } | |
1564 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1565 #if 0 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1566 /* Nobody calls this. Perhaps it's a vestige of an earlier design. */ |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
1189 | 1568 /* Make a new interval of length LENGTH starting at START in the |
1569 group of intervals INTERVALS, which is actually an interval tree. | |
1570 Returns the new interval. | |
1571 | |
1572 Generate an error if the new positions would overlap an existing | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1573 interval. */ |
1189 | 1574 |
1157 | 1575 static INTERVAL |
1576 make_new_interval (intervals, start, length) | |
1577 INTERVAL intervals; | |
1578 int start, length; | |
1579 { | |
1580 INTERVAL slot; | |
1581 | |
1582 slot = find_interval (intervals, start); | |
1583 if (start + length > slot->position + LENGTH (slot)) | |
1584 error ("Interval would overlap"); | |
1585 | |
1586 if (start == slot->position && length == LENGTH (slot)) | |
1587 return slot; | |
1588 | |
1589 if (slot->position == start) | |
1590 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1591 /* New right node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1592 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1593 return slot; |
1594 } | |
1595 | |
1596 if (slot->position + LENGTH (slot) == start + length) | |
1597 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1598 /* New left node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1599 split_interval_left (slot, LENGTH (slot) - length); |
1157 | 1600 return slot; |
1601 } | |
1602 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1603 /* Convert interval SLOT into three intervals. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1604 split_interval_left (slot, start - slot->position); |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1605 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1606 return slot; |
1607 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1608 #endif |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
1211 | 1610 /* Insert the intervals of SOURCE into BUFFER at POSITION. |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1611 LENGTH is the length of the text in SOURCE. |
1157 | 1612 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1613 The `position' field of the SOURCE intervals is assumed to be |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1614 consistent with its parent; therefore, SOURCE must be an |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1615 interval tree made with copy_interval or must be the whole |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1616 tree of a buffer or a string. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1617 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1618 This is used in insdel.c when inserting Lisp_Strings into the |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1619 buffer. The text corresponding to SOURCE is already in the buffer |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1620 when this is called. The intervals of new tree are a copy of those |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1621 belonging to the string being inserted; intervals are never |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1622 shared. |
1157 | 1623 |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1624 If the inserted text had no intervals associated, and we don't |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1625 want to inherit the surrounding text's properties, this function |
1157 | 1626 simply returns -- offset_intervals should handle placing the |
1164 | 1627 text in the correct interval, depending on the sticky bits. |
1157 | 1628 |
1629 If the inserted text had properties (intervals), then there are two | |
1630 cases -- either insertion happened in the middle of some interval, | |
1631 or between two intervals. | |
1632 | |
1633 If the text goes into the middle of an interval, then new | |
1634 intervals are created in the middle with only the properties of | |
1635 the new text, *unless* the macro MERGE_INSERTIONS is true, in | |
1636 which case the new text has the union of its properties and those | |
1637 of the text into which it was inserted. | |
1638 | |
1639 If the text goes between two intervals, then if neither interval | |
1164 | 1640 had its appropriate sticky property set (front_sticky, rear_sticky), |
1641 the new text has only its properties. If one of the sticky properties | |
1157 | 1642 is set, then the new text "sticks" to that region and its properties |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1643 depend on merging as above. If both the preceding and succeeding |
1164 | 1644 intervals to the new text are "sticky", then the new text retains |
1645 only its properties, as if neither sticky property were set. Perhaps | |
1157 | 1646 we should consider merging all three sets of properties onto the new |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1647 text... */ |
1157 | 1648 |
1649 void | |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1650 graft_intervals_into_buffer (source, position, length, buffer, inherit) |
1211 | 1651 INTERVAL source; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1652 int position, length; |
1211 | 1653 struct buffer *buffer; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1654 int inherit; |
1157 | 1655 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1656 register INTERVAL under, over, this, prev; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1657 register INTERVAL tree; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1658 int middle; |
1157 | 1659 |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1660 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1661 |
1157 | 1662 /* If the new text has no properties, it becomes part of whatever |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1663 interval it was inserted into. */ |
1211 | 1664 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1665 { |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1666 Lisp_Object buf; |
5250
63a865489a1e
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): If SOURCE is null
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5173
diff
changeset
|
1667 if (!inherit && ! NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1668 { |
24565
6a5e69bcf530
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Turn off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22343
diff
changeset
|
1669 int saved_inhibit_modification_hooks = inhibit_modification_hooks; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1670 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
24565
6a5e69bcf530
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Turn off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22343
diff
changeset
|
1671 inhibit_modification_hooks = 1; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1672 Fset_text_properties (make_number (position), |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1673 make_number (position + length), |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1674 Qnil, buf); |
24565
6a5e69bcf530
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Turn off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22343
diff
changeset
|
1675 inhibit_modification_hooks = saved_inhibit_modification_hooks; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1676 } |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1677 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1678 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1679 return; |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1680 } |
1157 | 1681 |
1682 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1683 { | |
1684 /* The inserted text constitutes the whole buffer, so | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1685 simply copy over the interval structure. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1686 if ((BUF_Z (buffer) - BUF_BEG (buffer)) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
1157 | 1687 { |
4223
b044f6d3c4cb
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): When TREE is null,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4135
diff
changeset
|
1688 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1689 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1690 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree_obj (source, buf); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1691 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = 1; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1692 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1693 /* Explicitly free the old tree here? */ |
1157 | 1694 |
1695 return; | |
1696 } | |
1697 | |
1698 /* Create an interval tree in which to place a copy | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1699 of the intervals of the inserted string. */ |
1157 | 1700 { |
1307 | 1701 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1702 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1703 tree = create_root_interval (buf); |
1157 | 1704 } |
1705 } | |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1706 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1707 /* If the buffer contains only the new string, but |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1708 there was already some interval tree there, then it may be |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1709 some zero length intervals. Eventually, do something clever |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1710 about inserting properly. For now, just waste the old intervals. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1711 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1712 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree (source, INTERVAL_PARENT (tree)); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1713 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = 1; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1714 /* Explicitly free the old tree here. */ |
1157 | 1715 |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1716 return; |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1717 } |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1718 /* Paranoia -- the text has already been added, so this buffer |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1719 should be of non-zero length. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1720 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1721 abort (); |
1157 | 1722 |
1723 this = under = find_interval (tree, position); | |
1724 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (under)) /* Paranoia */ | |
1725 abort (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1726 over = find_interval (source, interval_start_pos (source)); |
1157 | 1727 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1728 /* Here for insertion in the middle of an interval. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1729 Split off an equivalent interval to the right, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1730 then don't bother with it any more. */ |
1157 | 1731 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1732 if (position > under->position) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1733 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1734 INTERVAL end_unchanged |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1735 = split_interval_left (this, position - under->position); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1736 copy_properties (under, end_unchanged); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1737 under->position = position; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1738 #if 0 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1739 /* This code has no effect. */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1740 prev = 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1741 middle = 1; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1742 #endif /* 0 */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1743 } |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1744 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1745 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1746 /* This call may have some effect because previous_interval may |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1747 update `position' fields of intervals. Thus, don't ignore it |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1748 for the moment. Someone please tell me the truth (K.Handa). */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1749 prev = previous_interval (under); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1750 #if 0 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1751 /* But, this code surely has no effect. And, anyway, |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1752 END_NONSTICKY_P is unreliable now. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1753 if (prev && !END_NONSTICKY_P (prev)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1754 prev = 0; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1755 #endif /* 0 */ |
1157 | 1756 } |
1757 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1758 /* Insertion is now at beginning of UNDER. */ |
1157 | 1759 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1760 /* The inserted text "sticks" to the interval `under', |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1761 which means it gets those properties. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1762 The properties of under are the result of |
14036 | 1763 adjust_intervals_for_insertion, so stickiness has |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1764 already been taken care of. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1765 |
1157 | 1766 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (over)) |
1767 { | |
5666
ceed2e32b303
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Fix one-off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5415
diff
changeset
|
1768 if (LENGTH (over) < LENGTH (under)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1769 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1770 this = split_interval_left (under, LENGTH (over)); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1771 copy_properties (under, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1772 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1773 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1774 this = under; |
1157 | 1775 copy_properties (over, this); |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1776 if (inherit) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1777 merge_properties (over, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1778 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1779 copy_properties (over, this); |
1157 | 1780 over = next_interval (over); |
1781 } | |
1782 | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1783 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1784 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
1157 | 1785 return; |
1786 } | |
1787 | |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1788 /* Get the value of property PROP from PLIST, |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1789 which is the plist of an interval. |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1790 We check for direct properties, for categories with property PROP, |
11133
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1791 and for PROP appearing on the default-text-properties list. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1792 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1793 Lisp_Object |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1794 textget (plist, prop) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1795 Lisp_Object plist; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1796 register Lisp_Object prop; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1797 { |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1798 register Lisp_Object tail, fallback; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1799 fallback = Qnil; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1800 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1801 for (tail = plist; !NILP (tail); tail = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail))) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1802 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1803 register Lisp_Object tem; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1804 tem = Fcar (tail); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1805 if (EQ (prop, tem)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1806 return Fcar (Fcdr (tail)); |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1807 if (EQ (tem, Qcategory)) |
8611
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1808 { |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1809 tem = Fcar (Fcdr (tail)); |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1810 if (SYMBOLP (tem)) |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1811 fallback = Fget (tem, prop); |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1812 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1813 } |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1815 if (! NILP (fallback)) |
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1816 return fallback; |
11133
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1817 if (CONSP (Vdefault_text_properties)) |
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1818 return Fplist_get (Vdefault_text_properties, prop); |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1819 return Qnil; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1820 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1821 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1823 /* Set point "temporarily", without checking any text properties. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1824 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1825 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1826 temp_set_point (buffer, charpos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1827 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1828 int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1829 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1830 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1831 buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1832 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1834 /* Set point in BUFFER "temporarily" to CHARPOS, which corresponds to |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1835 byte position BYTEPOS. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1836 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1837 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1838 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1839 int charpos, bytepos; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1840 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1841 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1842 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1843 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1844 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1845 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1847 if (charpos > bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1848 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1849 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1850 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1851 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1852 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1853 BUF_PT_BYTE (buffer) = bytepos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1854 BUF_PT (buffer) = charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1855 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1856 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1857 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS. If the target position is |
7104 | 1858 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
1157 | 1859 |
1860 void | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1861 set_point (buffer, charpos) |
1157 | 1862 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1863 register int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1864 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1865 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1866 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1867 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1868 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS, which corresponds to byte |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1869 position BYTEPOS. If the target position is |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1870 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1871 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1872 void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1873 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1874 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1875 register int charpos, bytepos; |
1157 | 1876 { |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
1877 register INTERVAL to, from, toprev, fromprev; |
1157 | 1878 int buffer_point; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1879 int old_position = BUF_PT (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1880 int backwards = (charpos < old_position ? 1 : 0); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1881 int have_overlays; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1882 int original_position; |
1157 | 1883 |
10563
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
1884 buffer->point_before_scroll = Qnil; |
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
1885 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1886 if (charpos == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1157 | 1887 return; |
1888 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1889 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1890 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1891 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1892 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1893 |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1894 /* Check this now, before checking if the buffer has any intervals. |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1895 That way, we can catch conditions which break this sanity check |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1896 whether or not there are intervals in the buffer. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1897 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1898 abort (); |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1899 |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1900 have_overlays = (! NILP (buffer->overlays_before) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1901 || ! NILP (buffer->overlays_after)); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1903 /* If we have no text properties and overlays, |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1904 then we can do it quickly. */ |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1905 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 1906 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1907 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 1908 return; |
1909 } | |
1910 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1911 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1912 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1913 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1914 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1915 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1916 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1917 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1918 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1919 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1920 toprev = to; |
1211 | 1921 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1922 buffer_point = (BUF_PT (buffer) == BUF_ZV (buffer) |
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1923 ? BUF_ZV (buffer) - 1 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1924 : BUF_PT (buffer)); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1925 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1926 /* Set FROM to the interval containing the char after PT, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1927 and FROMPREV to the interval containing the char before PT. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1928 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1929 /* We could cache this and save time. */ |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1930 from = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), buffer_point); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1931 if (buffer_point == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1932 fromprev = 0; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1933 else if (from && from->position == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1934 fromprev = previous_interval (from); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1935 else if (buffer_point != BUF_PT (buffer)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1936 fromprev = from, from = 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1937 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1938 fromprev = from; |
1157 | 1939 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1940 /* Moving within an interval. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1941 if (to == from && toprev == fromprev && INTERVAL_VISIBLE_P (to) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1942 && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 1943 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1944 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 1945 return; |
1946 } | |
1947 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1948 original_position = charpos; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1950 /* If the new position is between two intangible characters |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1951 with the same intangible property value, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1952 move forward or backward until a change in that property. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1953 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1954 && ((! NULL_INTERVAL_P (to) && ! NULL_INTERVAL_P (toprev)) |
16716
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
1955 || have_overlays) |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
1956 /* Intangibility never stops us from positioning at the beginning |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
1957 or end of the buffer, so don't bother checking in that case. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1958 && charpos != BEGV && charpos != ZV) |
1157 | 1959 { |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1960 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1961 Lisp_Object pos; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1962 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1963 XSETINT (pos, charpos); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1964 |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1965 if (backwards) |
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1966 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1967 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos), |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1968 Qintangible, Qnil); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1969 |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1970 /* If following char is intangible, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1971 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1972 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1973 while (XINT (pos) > BUF_BEGV (buffer) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1974 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1975 Qintangible, Qnil), |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1976 intangible_propval)) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1977 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1978 } |
3734
5ada670e1fd8
(set_point): When moving over invis chars,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
1979 else |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1980 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1981 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1982 Qintangible, Qnil); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1983 |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1984 /* If following char is intangible, |
24910 | 1985 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1986 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1987 while (XINT (pos) < BUF_ZV (buffer) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1988 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1989 intangible_propval)) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1990 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1992 } |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1994 charpos = XINT (pos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1995 bytepos = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1996 } |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1997 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1998 if (charpos != original_position) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1999 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2000 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2001 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2002 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2003 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2004 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2005 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2006 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2007 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2008 else |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2009 toprev = to; |
1157 | 2010 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2012 /* Here TO is the interval after the stopping point |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2013 and TOPREV is the interval before the stopping point. |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2014 One or the other may be null. */ |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2016 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2017 |
1288 | 2018 /* We run point-left and point-entered hooks here, iff the |
2019 two intervals are not equivalent. These hooks take | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2020 (old_point, new_point) as arguments. */ |
4243
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2021 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2022 && (! intervals_equal (from, to) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2023 || ! intervals_equal (fromprev, toprev))) |
1211 | 2024 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2025 Lisp_Object leave_after, leave_before, enter_after, enter_before; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2026 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2027 if (fromprev) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2028 leave_after = textget (fromprev->plist, Qpoint_left); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2029 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2030 leave_after = Qnil; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2031 if (from) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2032 leave_before = textget (from->plist, Qpoint_left); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2033 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2034 leave_before = Qnil; |
1211 | 2035 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2036 if (toprev) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2037 enter_after = textget (toprev->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2038 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2039 enter_after = Qnil; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2040 if (to) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2041 enter_before = textget (to->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2042 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2043 enter_before = Qnil; |
1211 | 2044 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2045 if (! EQ (leave_before, enter_before) && !NILP (leave_before)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2046 call2 (leave_before, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2047 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2048 if (! EQ (leave_after, enter_after) && !NILP (leave_after)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2049 call2 (leave_after, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2050 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2051 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2052 if (! EQ (enter_before, leave_before) && !NILP (enter_before)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2053 call2 (enter_before, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2054 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2055 if (! EQ (enter_after, leave_after) && !NILP (enter_after)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2056 call2 (enter_after, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2057 make_number (charpos)); |
1211 | 2058 } |
1157 | 2059 } |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2061 /* Move point to POSITION, unless POSITION is inside an intangible |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2062 segment that reaches all the way to point. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2063 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2064 void |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2065 move_if_not_intangible (position) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2066 int position; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2067 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2068 Lisp_Object pos; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2069 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2070 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2071 XSETINT (pos, position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2072 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2073 if (! NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2074 /* If intangible is inhibited, always move point to POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2075 ; |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2076 else if (PT < position && XINT (pos) < ZV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2077 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2078 /* We want to move forward, so check the text before POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2080 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (pos, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2081 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2083 /* If following char is intangible, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2084 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2085 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2086 while (XINT (pos) > BEGV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2087 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2088 Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2089 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2090 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2091 } |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2092 else if (XINT (pos) > BEGV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2093 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2094 /* We want to move backward, so check the text after POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2095 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2096 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2097 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2098 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2099 /* If following char is intangible, |
24910 | 2100 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2101 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2102 while (XINT (pos) < ZV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2103 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2104 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2105 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2106 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2107 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2108 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2109 /* If the whole stretch between PT and POSITION isn't intangible, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2110 try moving to POSITION (which means we actually move farther |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2111 if POSITION is inside of intangible text). */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2112 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2113 if (XINT (pos) != PT) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2114 SET_PT (position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2115 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2117 /* If text at position POS has property PROP, set *VAL to the property |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2118 value, *START and *END to the beginning and end of a region that |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2119 has the same property, and return 1. Otherwise return 0. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2121 OBJECT is the string or buffer to look for the property in; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2122 nil means the current buffer. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2124 int |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2125 get_property_and_range (pos, prop, val, start, end, object) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2126 int pos; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2127 Lisp_Object prop, *val; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2128 int *start, *end; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2129 Lisp_Object object; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2130 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2131 INTERVAL i, prev, next; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2132 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2133 if (NILP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2134 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2135 else if (BUFFERP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2136 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (object)), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2137 else if (STRINGP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2138 i = find_interval (XSTRING (object)->intervals, pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2139 else |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2140 abort (); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2142 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || (i->position + LENGTH (i) <= pos)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2143 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2144 *val = textget (i->plist, prop); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2145 if (NILP (*val)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2146 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2148 next = i; /* remember it in advance */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2149 prev = previous_interval (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2150 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2151 && EQ (*val, textget (prev->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2152 i = prev, prev = previous_interval (prev); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2153 *start = i->position; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2155 next = next_interval (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2156 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (next) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2157 && EQ (*val, textget (next->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2158 i = next, next = next_interval (next); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2159 *end = i->position + LENGTH (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2161 return 1; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2162 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2163 |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2164 /* If TYPE is `keymap', return the map specified by the `keymap' |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2165 property at POSITION in BUFFER or nil. |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2167 Otherwise return the proper local map for position POSITION in |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2168 BUFFER. Use the map specified by the local-map property, if any. |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2169 Otherwise, use BUFFER's local map. */ |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2171 Lisp_Object |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2172 get_local_map (position, buffer, type) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2173 register int position; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2174 register struct buffer *buffer; |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2175 enum map_property type; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2176 { |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2177 Lisp_Object prop, tem, lispy_position, lispy_buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2178 int old_begv, old_zv, old_begv_byte, old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2180 /* Perhaps we should just change `position' to the limit. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2181 if (position > BUF_Z (buffer) || position < BUF_BEG (buffer)) |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2182 abort (); |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2183 |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2184 /* Ignore narrowing, so that a local map continues to be valid even if |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2185 the visible region contains no characters and hence no properties. */ |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2186 old_begv = BUF_BEGV (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2187 old_zv = BUF_ZV (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2188 old_begv_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2189 old_zv_byte = BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2190 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = BUF_BEG (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2191 BUF_ZV (buffer) = BUF_Z (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2192 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_BEG_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2193 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_Z_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2195 /* There are no properties at the end of the buffer, so in that case |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2196 check for a local map on the last character of the buffer instead. */ |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2197 if (position == BUF_Z (buffer) && BUF_Z (buffer) > BUF_BEG (buffer)) |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2198 --position; |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2199 XSETFASTINT (lispy_position, position); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2200 XSETBUFFER (lispy_buffer, buffer); |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2201 prop = Fget_char_property (lispy_position, |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2202 type == keymap ? Qkeymap : Qlocal_map, |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2203 lispy_buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2205 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = old_begv; |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2206 BUF_ZV (buffer) = old_zv; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2207 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = old_begv_byte; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2208 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2209 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2210 /* Use the local map only if it is valid. */ |
16124
f38128a8bb2b
(get_local_map): Call indirect-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16110
diff
changeset
|
2211 /* Do allow symbols that are defined as keymaps. */ |
f38128a8bb2b
(get_local_map): Call indirect-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16110
diff
changeset
|
2212 if (SYMBOLP (prop) && !NILP (prop)) |
25945
365b6c7f12d3
(get_local_map): Use indirect_function,
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25747
diff
changeset
|
2213 prop = indirect_function (prop); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2214 if (!NILP (prop) |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2215 && (tem = Fkeymapp (prop), !NILP (tem))) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2216 return prop; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2218 if (type == keymap) |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2219 return Qnil; |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2220 else |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2221 return buffer->keymap; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2222 } |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2223 |
1211 | 2224 /* Produce an interval tree reflecting the intervals in |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2225 TREE from START to START + LENGTH. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2226 The new interval tree has no parent and has a starting-position of 0. */ |
1157 | 2227 |
1316
f09c5c6563b8
* intervals.c: `copy_intervals()' no longer static.
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1307
diff
changeset
|
2228 INTERVAL |
1157 | 2229 copy_intervals (tree, start, length) |
2230 INTERVAL tree; | |
2231 int start, length; | |
2232 { | |
2233 register INTERVAL i, new, t; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2234 register int got, prevlen; |
1157 | 2235 |
2236 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree) || length <= 0) | |
2237 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2238 | |
2239 i = find_interval (tree, start); | |
2240 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
2241 abort (); | |
2242 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2243 /* If there is only one interval and it's the default, return nil. */ |
1157 | 2244 if ((start - i->position + 1 + length) < LENGTH (i) |
2245 && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
2246 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2247 | |
2248 new = make_interval (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2249 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 2250 got = (LENGTH (i) - (start - i->position)); |
1211 | 2251 new->total_length = length; |
1157 | 2252 copy_properties (i, new); |
2253 | |
2254 t = new; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2255 prevlen = got; |
1157 | 2256 while (got < length) |
2257 { | |
2258 i = next_interval (i); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
2259 t = split_interval_right (t, prevlen); |
1157 | 2260 copy_properties (i, t); |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2261 prevlen = LENGTH (i); |
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2262 got += prevlen; |
1157 | 2263 } |
2264 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
2265 return balance_an_interval (new); |
1157 | 2266 } |
2267 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2268 /* Give STRING the properties of BUFFER from POSITION to LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 2269 |
1288 | 2270 INLINE void |
1157 | 2271 copy_intervals_to_string (string, buffer, position, length) |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2272 Lisp_Object string; |
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2273 struct buffer *buffer; |
1157 | 2274 int position, length; |
2275 { | |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2276 INTERVAL interval_copy = copy_intervals (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), |
1157 | 2277 position, length); |
2278 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval_copy)) | |
2279 return; | |
2280 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
2281 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (interval_copy, string); |
1157 | 2282 XSTRING (string)->intervals = interval_copy; |
2283 } | |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2285 /* Return 1 if strings S1 and S2 have identical properties; 0 otherwise. |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2286 Assume they have identical characters. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2287 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2288 int |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2289 compare_string_intervals (s1, s2) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2290 Lisp_Object s1, s2; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2291 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2292 INTERVAL i1, i2; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2293 int pos = 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2294 int end = XSTRING (s1)->size; |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2295 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2296 i1 = find_interval (XSTRING (s1)->intervals, 0); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2297 i2 = find_interval (XSTRING (s2)->intervals, 0); |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2298 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2299 while (pos < end) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2300 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2301 /* Determine how far we can go before we reach the end of I1 or I2. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2302 int len1 = (i1 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i1) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2303 int len2 = (i2 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i2) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2304 int distance = min (len1, len2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2305 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2306 /* If we ever find a mismatch between the strings, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2307 they differ. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2308 if (! intervals_equal (i1, i2)) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2309 return 0; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2311 /* Advance POS till the end of the shorter interval, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2312 and advance one or both interval pointers for the new position. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2313 pos += distance; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2314 if (len1 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2315 i1 = next_interval (i1); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2316 if (len2 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2317 i2 = next_interval (i2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2318 } |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2319 return 1; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2320 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2321 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2322 /* Recursively adjust interval I in the current buffer |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2323 for setting enable_multibyte_characters to MULTI_FLAG. |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2324 The range of interval I is START ... END in characters, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2325 START_BYTE ... END_BYTE in bytes. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2326 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2327 static void |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2328 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i, multi_flag, start, start_byte, end, end_byte) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2329 INTERVAL i; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2330 int multi_flag; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2331 int start, start_byte, end, end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2332 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2333 /* Fix the length of this interval. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2334 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2335 i->total_length = end - start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2336 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2337 i->total_length = end_byte - start_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2338 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2339 /* Recursively fix the length of the subintervals. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2340 if (i->left) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2341 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2342 int left_end, left_end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2343 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2344 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2345 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2346 left_end_byte = start_byte + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2347 left_end = BYTE_TO_CHAR (left_end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2348 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2349 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2350 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2351 left_end = start + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2352 left_end_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2353 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2354 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2355 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->left, multi_flag, start, start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2356 left_end, left_end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2357 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2358 if (i->right) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2359 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2360 int right_start_byte, right_start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2362 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2363 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2364 right_start_byte = end_byte - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2365 right_start = BYTE_TO_CHAR (right_start_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2366 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2367 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2368 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2369 right_start = end - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2370 right_start_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2371 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2372 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2373 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->right, multi_flag, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2374 right_start, right_start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2375 end, end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2376 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2377 } |
1301
5a27062b8b7f
* intervals.c: Conditionalize all functions on
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1288
diff
changeset
|
2378 |
21351
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2379 /* Update the intervals of the current buffer |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2380 to fit the contents as multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 1) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2381 or to fit them as non-multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 0). */ |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2382 |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2383 void |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2384 set_intervals_multibyte (multi_flag) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2385 int multi_flag; |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2386 { |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2387 if (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer)) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2388 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), multi_flag, |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2389 BEG, BEG_BYTE, Z, Z_BYTE); |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2390 } |